blob: 81765a57d60cf1411aed4fa2279e99049bcdc75a [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner959e5be2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbar64789f82008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Naroff9ed3e772008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregor279272e2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner71ca8c82008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(Context,
62 MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000063 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000064 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>(Context);
Chris Lattnerfb1bb822009-02-16 19:35:30 +000065 }
66 }
67 }
68
69 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000070 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
71 }
72
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000073 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000074 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000075 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
76 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
77 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
78 return true;
79 }
Douglas Gregor6f8c3682009-02-24 04:26:15 +000080 }
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000081
82 // See if the decl is unavailable
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000083 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>(Context)) {
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000084 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
86 }
87
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +000088 return false;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000089}
90
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +000091/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
92/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
93/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
94///
95void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
96 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
97{
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +000098 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +000099 if (!attr)
100 return;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000101 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
102 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000103
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000104 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
105 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000106 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000107 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
108 int isMethod = 0;
109 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
110 // skip over named parameters.
111 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
112 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
113 if (nullPos)
114 --nullPos;
115 else
116 ++i;
117 }
118 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
119 isMethod = 1;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000120 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000121 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
122 // skip over named parameters.
123 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
124 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
125 if (nullPos)
126 --nullPos;
127 else
128 ++i;
129 }
130 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
131 }
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000132 else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
133 // block or function pointer call.
134 QualType Ty = V->getType();
135 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
136 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
137 ? Ty->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
138 : Ty->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
139 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
140 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
141 unsigned k;
142 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
143 if (nullPos)
144 --nullPos;
145 else
146 ++i;
147 }
148 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
149 }
150 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
151 isMethod = 2;
152 }
153 else
154 return;
155 }
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 else
157 return;
158
159 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000160 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000161 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000162 return;
163 }
164 int sentinel = i;
165 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
166 --sentinelPos;
167 ++i;
168 }
169 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
170 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000171 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000172 return;
173 }
174 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
175 ++i;
176 ++sentinel;
177 }
178 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
179 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
180 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000181 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian09f2e3f2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000182 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian79d29e72009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000183 }
184 return;
Fariborz Jahanian180f3412009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000185}
186
Douglas Gregor3bb30002009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000187SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
188 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
189 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
190}
191
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000192//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
193// Standard Promotions and Conversions
194//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
195
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
197void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
198 QualType Ty = E->getType();
199 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
200
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000201 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
202 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000203 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
204 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
205 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
206 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
207 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
208 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
209 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argiris Kirtzidisf580b4d2008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000210 //
211 // C++ 4.2p1:
212 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
213 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
214 //
215 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
216 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Chris Lattner2aa68822008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000217 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty));
218 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000219}
220
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000221/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
222/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
223///
224/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
225/// promotion occurs.
226static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000227 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
228 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000229 return QualType();
230
231 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
232 if (!BT)
233 return QualType();
234
235 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
236 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
237 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
238 return QualType();
239
240 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
241 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
242 return QualType();
243
244 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
245 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
246 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
247 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
248 return Context.IntTy;
249
250 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
251 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
252
253 return QualType();
254}
255
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000256/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
257/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
258/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
259/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
260/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
261Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
262 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
263 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
264
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000265 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
266 //
267 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
268 // unsigned int may be used:
269 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
270 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
271 // and unsigned int.
272 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
273 //
274 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
275 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
276 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
277 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
278 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000279 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregor70b307e2009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000280 return Expr;
281 } else {
282 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
283 if (!T.isNull()) {
284 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
285 return Expr;
286 }
287 }
288
289 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000290 return Expr;
291}
292
Chris Lattner9305c3d2008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000293/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
294/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
295/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
296void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
297 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
298 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
299
300 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
301 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
302 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
303 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
304
305 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
306}
307
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000308/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
309/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
310/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
311/// completely illegal.
312bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000313 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
314
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000315 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
316 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
317 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
318 << Expr->getType() << CT;
319 return true;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000320 }
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000321
322 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
323 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
324 << Expr->getType() << CT;
325
326 return false;
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000327}
328
329
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000330/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
331/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
332/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
333/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
334/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
335/// GCC.
336QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
337 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000338 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000340
341 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000342
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000343 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
344 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000345 QualType lhs =
346 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
347 QualType rhs =
348 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000349
350 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
351 if (lhs == rhs)
352 return lhs;
353
354 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
355 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
356 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
357 return lhs;
358
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000359 // Perform bitfield promotions.
360 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
361 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
362 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
363 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
364 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
365 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
366
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000368 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000369 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000370 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000371 return destType;
372}
373
374QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
375 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
376 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
377 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
378 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
379 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000380 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 lhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
384 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
385 rhs = Context.IntTy;
386 else
387 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000388
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000389 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
390 if (lhs == rhs)
391 return lhs;
392
393 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
394 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
395 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
396 return lhs;
397
398 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
399
400 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
401 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
402 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
403 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return lhs;
406 }
407 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
408 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000409 return rhs;
410 }
411 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
412 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
413 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
414 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
415 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
416 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
417 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
418 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
419 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
420 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
421 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
422
423 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
424 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000425 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
426 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000427 }
428 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
429 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
430 // does not require this promotion.
431 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
432 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000433 return rhs;
434 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000435 return lhs;
436 }
437 }
438 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
439 }
440 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
441 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
442 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000444 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000445 return lhs;
446 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000447 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
448 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
449 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
450 }
451 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000452 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000453 return rhs;
454 }
Anders Carlsson488a0792008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000455 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
456 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
457 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
458 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
460 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
461 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000462 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000463 return lhs;
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000464 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
465 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000466 }
467 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
468 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
469 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
470 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
471
472 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
473 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000474 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
475 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000476 return rhs;
477 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
478 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000479 return lhs;
480 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
481 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000482 return rhs;
483 }
484 }
485 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
486 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
487 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
488 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
489 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
490 QualType destType;
491 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
492 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
493 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
494 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
495 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
496 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
497 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
498 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
499 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
500 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
501 // use the signed type.
502 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
503 } else {
504 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
505 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
506 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
507 // to the signed type.
508 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
509 }
Chris Lattner299b8842008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000510 return destType;
511}
512
513//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
514// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
515//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
516
517
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000518/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000519/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
520/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
521/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
522/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000523///
524Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000525Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000526 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
527
Chris Lattner9eaf2b72009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000528 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000529 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000530 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000531
532 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
533 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
534 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000535
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000536 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argiris Kirtzidis2a4e1162008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000537 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000538 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000539
540 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
541 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
542 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000543
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000544 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
545 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
546 // strings.
547 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattner14032222009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000548 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera6dcce32008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000549 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattnerc3144742009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000550
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000551 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattneraa491192009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000552 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
553 Literal.GetStringLength(),
554 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
555 &StringTokLocs[0],
556 StringTokLocs.size()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000559/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
560/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
561/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
562/// for values inside the block or for globals).
563///
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000564/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
565/// up-to-date.
566///
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000567static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
568 ValueDecl *VD) {
569 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
570 // we wanted to.
571 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
575 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
576 return false;
577
578 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
579 // snapshot it.
580 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
581 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner0b464252009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000582 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
583 return false;
584
585 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
586 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
587
588 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
589 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
590 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
591 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
592 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
593 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
594 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
595 // having a reference outside it.
596 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
597 break;
598
599 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
600 // a snapshot as well.
601 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
602 }
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000603
604 return true;
605}
606
607
608
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000609/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000610/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroffe50e14c2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000611/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000612/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000613/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000614Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
615 IdentifierInfo &II,
616 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000617 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
618 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
619 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000620 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000621}
622
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000623/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
624/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
625/// nested-name-specifier.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000626DeclRefExpr *
627Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
628 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
629 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000630 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000631 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000632 return new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
633 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000634 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregor7e508262009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000635 } else
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000636 return new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000637}
638
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000639/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
640/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
641/// is Record.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000642static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
643 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000644 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
645 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
646
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000647 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
648 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
649 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000650 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000651 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(Context),
652 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end(Context);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000653 D != DEnd; ++D) {
654 if (*D == Record) {
655 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
656 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
657 ++D;
658 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000659 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660 return *D;
661 }
662 }
663
664 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
665 return 0;
666}
667
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000668/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
669/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
670/// actual member.
671///
672/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
673/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
674/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
675/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
676/// we found.
677///
678/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
679/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
680/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
681VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
682 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000683 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
684 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
685 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
686
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000687 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000688 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
689 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
690 do {
691 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000692 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000693 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000694 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000695 else {
696 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
697 break;
698 }
699 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
700 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
701 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorcc94ab72009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000702
703 return BaseObject;
704}
705
706Sema::OwningExprResult
707Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
708 FieldDecl *Field,
709 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
710 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
711 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
712 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
713 AnonFields);
714
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000715 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
716 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
717 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
718 // found via name lookup.
719 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
720 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
721 if (BaseObject) {
722 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
723 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000724 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000725 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000726 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000727 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000728 ExtraQuals
729 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
730 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
731 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
732 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
733 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
734 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
735 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAsPointerType()) {
736 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
737 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
738 }
739 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
740 } else {
741 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
742 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
743 // program our base object expression is "this".
744 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
745 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
746 QualType AnonFieldType
747 = Context.getTagDeclType(
748 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
749 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
750 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
751 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
752 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
753 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000754 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000755 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000756 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
757 }
758 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000759 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
760 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000761 }
762 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
763 }
764
765 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000766 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
767 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000768 }
769
770 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
771 // anonymous struct/union.
772 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
773 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
774 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
775 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
776 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
777 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
778 unsigned combinedQualifiers
779 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
780 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
781 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000782 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000783 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
784 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000785 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
786 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000787 }
788
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000789 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000790}
791
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000792/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
793/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
794/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
795/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
796/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
797/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
798/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
799/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
800/// forms.
801///
802/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
803/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
804/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
805/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000806///
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000807/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
808/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
809/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
810/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000811Sema::OwningExprResult
812Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
813 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000814 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000815 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000816 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000817 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
818 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000819
820 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
821 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
822 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
823 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000824 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000825 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000826 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
827 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor041e9292009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000828 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep())));
Douglas Gregor47bde7c2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000829 }
830
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000831 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
832 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000833
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000834 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
835 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
836 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
837 : SourceRange());
838 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000839 }
840
841 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregora133e262008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000842
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000843 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
844 // well.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000845 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
846 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000847 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
848 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000849 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
850 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
851 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000852 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95256e62008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000853 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000854 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000855 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
856 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000857 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000858 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
859 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000860
861 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
862 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
863 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
864 return ExprError();
865
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000866 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
867 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
868 // an error.
869 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
870 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
871 << IV->getDeclName());
872 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
873 // same name exists, use the global.
874 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000875 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
876 ClassDeclared != IFace)
877 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000878 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
879 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000880 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
881 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, Loc, II, false);
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000882 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000883 return Owned(new (Context)
884 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000885 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000886 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000887 }
888 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000889 else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
890 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000892 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000893 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(Context, II,
894 ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000895 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
896 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000897 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000898 }
Fariborz Jahanian67502db2009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000899 }
Steve Naroff0ccfaa42008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000900 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregoraf8ad2b2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000901 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000902 QualType T;
903
904 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
905 T = Context.getPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
906 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
907 else
908 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000909 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroff6f786252008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000910 }
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000911 }
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000912
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000913 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
914 // argument-dependent lookup.
915 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
916 HasTrailingLParen;
917
918 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregore2d88fd2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000919 // We've seen something of the form
920 //
921 // identifier(
922 //
923 // and we did not find any entity by the name
924 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
925 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
926 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
927 Context.OverloadTy,
928 Loc));
929 }
930
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000931 if (D == 0) {
932 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
933 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000934 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattnerc72d22d2008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000935 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000936 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000937 else {
938 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
939 // diagnose the problem.
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000940 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000941 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
942 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregoraee3bf82008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000943 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
944 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000945 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
946 << Name.getAsString());
Argiris Kirtzidis054a2632008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000947 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000948 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +0000949 }
950 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000951
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000952 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
953 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
954 // not any specific instance's member.
955 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +0000956 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000957 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000958 QualType DType;
959 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
960 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
961 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
962 DType = Method->getType();
963 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
964 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
965 }
966 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
967 if (!DType.isNull()) {
968 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
969 // dependent.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000970 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000971 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS));
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000972 }
973 }
974 }
975
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000976 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
977 // (C++ [class.union]).
978 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
979 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
980 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000981
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +0000982 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
983 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
984 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
985 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
986 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
987 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
988 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
989 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
990 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
991 QualType MemberType;
992 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
993 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
994 MemberType = FD->getType();
995
996 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
997 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
998 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
999 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1000 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1001 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1002 }
1003 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1004 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1005 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1006 MemberType = Method->getType();
1007 }
1008 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1009 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1010 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1011 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1012 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1013 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1014 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1015 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1016 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1017 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1018 break;
1019 }
1020 }
1021 }
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001022
1023 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001024 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1025 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1026 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1027 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1028 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1029 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001030 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001031 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001032 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Douglas Gregor09be81b2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001033 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman1653e232009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001034 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001035 }
1036 }
1037 }
1038 }
1039
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001040 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001041 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1042 if (MD->isStatic())
1043 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001044 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1045 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001046 }
1047
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001048 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1049 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1050 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001051 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1052 << FD->getDeclName());
Argiris Kirtzidis38f16712008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001053 }
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001054
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001055 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001056 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremenek42730c52008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001057 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001058 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argiris Kirtzidis03e6aaf2008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001059 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001060 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001061
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001062 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001063 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001064 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1065 false, false, SS));
Douglas Gregor35d81bb2009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001066 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
1067 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1068 false, false, SS));
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001069 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001070
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001071 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1072 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1073 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1074 // that overload resolution actually selects.
1075 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1076 return ExprError();
1077
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001078 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
Chris Lattner2a3bef92009-02-16 17:19:12 +00001079 // Warn about constructs like:
1080 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
1081 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
Douglas Gregorf3a200f2009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001082
1083 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
1084 // information to check this property.
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001085 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
1086 Scope *CheckS = S;
1087 while (CheckS) {
1088 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00001089 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001090 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001091 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
1092 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001093 else
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001094 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
1095 << Var->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001096 break;
1097 }
1098
1099 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
1100 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
1101 if (CheckS)
1102 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1103 }
1104 }
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001105 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
1106 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1107 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1108 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1109 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1110 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1111 // type.
1112 QualType T = Func->getType();
1113 QualType NoProtoType = T;
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001114 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1115 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
Douglas Gregor1f88aa72009-02-25 16:33:18 +00001116 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS));
1117 }
Douglas Gregor48840c72008-12-10 23:01:14 +00001118 }
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001119
1120 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1121 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001122 return ExprError();
1123
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001124 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1125 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1126 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1127 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001128 //
Chris Lattnerb2ebd482008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001129 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1130 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1131 //
1132 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001133 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001134 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001135 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00001136 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>(Context))
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001137 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001138 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1139 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001140 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001141
Eli Friedman9c2b33f2009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001142 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001143 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1144 constAdded));
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001145 }
1146 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1147 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001148
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001149 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001150 bool ValueDependent = false;
1151 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1152 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1153 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1154 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1155 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1156 TypeDependent = true;
1157 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1158 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1159 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1160 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1161 TypeDependent = true;
1162 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1163 // names a dependent type.
1164 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregor734b4ba2009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001165 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001166 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1167 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001168 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001169 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1170 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1171 TypeDependent = true;
1172 break;
1173 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001174 }
1175 }
1176 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001177
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001178 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1179 //
1180 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1181 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1182 if (TypeDependent)
1183 ValueDependent = true;
1184 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1185 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1186 ValueDependent = true;
1187 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1188 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedman1f7744a2009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001189 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1190 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1191 Dcl->getInit()) {
1192 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1193 }
1194 }
Douglas Gregora5d84612008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001195 }
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001196
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001197 return Owned(BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1198 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001199}
1200
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001201Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1202 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001203 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001204
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001205 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001206 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattner69909292008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001207 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1208 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1209 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001210 }
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001211
Chris Lattner7e637512008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001212 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1213 // string.
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001214 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001215 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1216 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerbce5e4f2008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001217 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1218 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1219 else {
1220 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1221 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1222 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1223 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001224
1225
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001226 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattnere12ca5d2008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001227 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattnerfc9511c2008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001228 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001229 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001230}
1231
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001232Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001233 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1234 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1235 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1236 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001237
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001238 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1239 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1240 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001241 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner6b22fb72008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001242
1243 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1244
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001245 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1246 Literal.isWide(),
1247 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001248}
1249
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001250Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1251 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001252 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1253 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattnerc374f8b2009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001254 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattnerfd5f1432009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001255 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001256 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroffe5f128a2009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001257 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001258 }
Ted Kremenekdbde2282009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001259
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001260 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner46d91342008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001261 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1262 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001263 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001264
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001265 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1266 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001267
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001268 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1269 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1270 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001271 return ExprError();
1272
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001273 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001274
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001275 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001276 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001277 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001278 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001279 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner858eece2007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001280 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001281 else
Chris Lattnerfc18dcc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001282 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2a674dc2008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001283
1284 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1285
Ted Kremenekddedbe22007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001286 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1287 bool isExact = false;
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001288 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact),
1289 &isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001290
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001291 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001292 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001293 } else {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001294 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001295
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001296 // long long is a C99 feature.
1297 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth9bd47082007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001298 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Booth7421e9c2007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001299 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1300
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001301 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001302 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001304 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1305 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1306 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001307 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1308 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001309 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001310 } else {
1311 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1312 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001313
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001314 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1315 // be an unsigned int.
1316 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1317
1318 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001319 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner98540b62007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001320 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1321 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001322 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001323
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001324 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1325 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1326 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1327 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001328 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001329 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001330 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001331 Width = IntSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001332 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001333 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001334
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001335 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001336 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001337 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001339 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1340 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1341 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1342 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001343 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001344 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001345 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001346 Width = LongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001347 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001348 }
1349
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001350 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001351 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001352 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001353
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001354 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1355 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1356 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1357 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001358 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001359 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001360 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001361 Width = LongLongSize;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001362 }
1363 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001364
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001365 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1366 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001367 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001368 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001369 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001370 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001371 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001372
Chris Lattnere4068872008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001373 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1374 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001375 }
Sebastian Redl75324932009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001376 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001377 }
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001378
Chris Lattner1de66eb2007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001379 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1380 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001381 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1382 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001383
1384 return Owned(Res);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001385}
1386
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001387Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1388 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001389 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001390 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001391 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001392}
1393
1394/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1395/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001396bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001397 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1398 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1399 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001400 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1401 return false;
1402
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001403 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001404 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001405 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001406 if (isSizeof)
1407 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1408 return false;
1409 }
1410
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001411 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001412 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001413 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1414 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner159fe082009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001415 return false;
1416 }
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001417
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001418 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1419 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1420 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1421 ExprRange))
1422 return true;
1423
1424 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianbf2b0952009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001425 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001426 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattnerf3ce8572009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001427 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1428 return true;
Chris Lattnere1127c42009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001429 }
1430
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001431 return false;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001432}
1433
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001434bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1435 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1436 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001437
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001438 // alignof decl is always ok.
1439 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1440 return false;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001441
1442 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1443 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1444 return false;
1445
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001446 if (E->getBitField()) {
1447 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1448 return true;
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001449 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001450
1451 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1452 // bit-field.
1453 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
1454 if (dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
1455 return false;
1456
Chris Lattner8d9f7962009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001457 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1458}
1459
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001460/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1461Action::OwningExprResult
1462Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1463 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1464 if (T.isNull())
1465 return ExprError();
1466
1467 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1468 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1469 return ExprError();
1470
1471 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1472 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1473 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1474 R.getEnd()));
1475}
1476
1477/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1478/// operand.
1479Action::OwningExprResult
1480Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1481 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1482 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1483 bool isInvalid = false;
1484 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1485 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1486 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1487 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001488 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001489 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1490 isInvalid = true;
1491 } else {
1492 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1493 }
1494
1495 if (isInvalid)
1496 return ExprError();
1497
1498 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1499 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1500 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1501 R.getEnd()));
1502}
1503
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001504/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1505/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1506/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001507Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001508Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1509 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001510 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001511 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001512
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001513 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001514 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1515 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1516 }
Sebastian Redl0cb7c872008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001517
Douglas Gregor396f1142009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001518 // Get the end location.
1519 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1520 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1521 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1522
1523 if (Result.isInvalid())
1524 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1525
1526 return move(Result);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001527}
1528
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001529QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001530 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1531 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001532
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001533 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001534 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1535 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001536
1537 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1538 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1539 return V->getType();
1540
1541 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1543 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnera16e42d2007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001544 return QualType();
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001545}
1546
1547
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001548
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001549Action::OwningExprResult
1550Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1551 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1552 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001553
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001554 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1555 switch (Kind) {
1556 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1557 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1558 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1559 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001560
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1562 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1563 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001564 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001565 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1566
1567 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1568 //
1569 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1570 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1571 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1572 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1573 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1574 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1575 // argument will have value zero.
1576 Expr *Args[2] = {
1577 Arg,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001578 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1579 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001580 };
1581
1582 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1583 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001584 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001585
1586 // Perform overload resolution.
1587 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001588 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001589 case OR_Success: {
1590 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1591 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1592
1593 if (FnDecl) {
1594 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1595 // operator.
1596
1597 // Convert the arguments.
1598 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1599 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001600 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001601 } else {
1602 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001603 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001604 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1605 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001606 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001607 }
1608
1609 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001610 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001611 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1612 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001613
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001614 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001615 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump6d8e5732009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001616 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001617 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1618
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001619 Input.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001620 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001621 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1622 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1623 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624 } else {
1625 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1626 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1627 // operator node.
1628 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1629 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001630 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001631
1632 break;
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001633 }
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001634 }
1635
1636 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1637 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1638 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1639 break;
1640
1641 case OR_Ambiguous:
1642 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1643 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1644 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1645 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001646 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001647
1648 case OR_Deleted:
1649 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1650 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1651 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1652 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1653 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1654 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001655 }
1656
1657 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1658 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1659 // build a built-in operation.
1660 }
1661
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00001662 QualType result = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Arg, OpLoc,
1663 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001664 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001665 return ExprError();
1666 Input.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001667 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Arg, Opc, result, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001668}
1669
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001670Action::OwningExprResult
1671Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1672 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1673 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1674 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001675
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001676 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorde72f3e2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001677 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1678 Base.release();
1679 Idx.release();
1680 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1681 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1682 }
1683
1684 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001685 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedmane658bf52008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001686 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1687 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1688 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001689 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1690 // to the candidate set.
1691 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1692 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001693 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1694 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001695
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001696 // Perform overload resolution.
1697 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001698 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001699 case OR_Success: {
1700 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1701 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1702
1703 if (FnDecl) {
1704 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1705 // operator.
1706
1707 // Convert the arguments.
1708 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1709 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1710 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1711 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1712 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001713 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001714 } else {
1715 // Convert the arguments.
1716 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1717 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1718 "passing") ||
1719 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1720 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1721 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001722 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001723 }
1724
1725 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001726 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001727 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1728 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001729
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001730 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001731 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1732 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001733 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1734
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001735 Base.release();
1736 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregorb2f81ac2009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001737 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1738 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001739 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1740 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001741 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001742 } else {
1743 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1744 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1745 // operator node.
1746 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1747 "passing") ||
1748 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1749 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001750 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001751
1752 break;
1753 }
1754 }
1755
1756 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1757 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1758 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1759 break;
1760
1761 case OR_Ambiguous:
1762 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1763 << "[]"
1764 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1765 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001766 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001767
1768 case OR_Deleted:
1769 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1770 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1771 << "[]"
1772 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1773 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1774 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor80723c52008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001775 }
1776
1777 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1778 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1779 // build a built-in operation.
1780 }
1781
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001782 // Perform default conversions.
1783 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1784 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001785
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001786 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1787
1788 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001789 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001790 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001791 // and index from the expression types.
1792 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1793 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001794 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1795 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1796 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1797 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
1798 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001799 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1800 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001801 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner7931f4a2007-07-31 16:53:04 +00001802 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001803 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1804 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1805 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001806 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001807 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1808 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001809 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman57385472009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001810
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001811 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1812 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedmand4614072009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001813 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1814 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1815 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1816 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1817 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1818 // force the promotion here.
1819 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1820 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1821 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1822 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1823
1824 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1825 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1826 ResultType = LHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
1827 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1828 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1829 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1830 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1831 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1832 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1833
1834 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1835 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1836 ResultType = RHSTy->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001837 } else {
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001838 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1839 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001840 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001841 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001842 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001843 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1844 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001845
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001846 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1847 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1848 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1849 // incomplete types are not object types.
1850 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1851 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1852 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1853 return ExprError();
1854 }
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001855
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001856 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001857 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001858 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1859 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner95933c12009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001860
1861 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1862 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1863 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1864 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1865 return ExprError();
1866 }
1867
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001868 Base.release();
1869 Idx.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001870 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001871 ResultType, RLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00001872}
1873
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001874QualType Sema::
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001875CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001876 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001877 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001878
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001879 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1880 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001881
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001882 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001883 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1884 // to be selected.
1885 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001886
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001887 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1888 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
1889 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's';
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001890
1891 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1892 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001893 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001894 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1895 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001896 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001897 do
1898 compStr++;
1899 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001900 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001901 do
1902 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001903 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner9096b792007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001904 }
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001905
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001906 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001907 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1908 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001909 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1910 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001911 return QualType();
1912 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001913
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001914 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1915 // operates on.
1916 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1917 compStr = CompName.getName();
1918
1919 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001920 compStr++;
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001921
1922 while (*compStr) {
1923 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
1924 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
1925 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
1926 return QualType();
1927 }
1928 }
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001929 }
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001930
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001931 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
1932 // number of elements.
1933 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001934 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00001935 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001936 return QualType();
1937 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001938
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001939 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001940 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001941 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001942 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begemanc8e51f82008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001943 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman1486b502009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001944 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
1945 : CompName.getLength();
1946 if (HexSwizzle)
1947 CompSize--;
1948
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001949 if (CompSize == 1)
1950 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001951
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001952 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001953 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001954 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
1955 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
1956 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
1957 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroff82113e32007-07-29 16:33:31 +00001958 }
1959 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroff1b8a46c2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001960}
1961
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001962static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
1963 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001964 const Selector &Sel,
1965 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001966
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001967 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001968 return PD;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001969 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001970 return OMD;
1971
1972 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
1973 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001974 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
1975 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001976 return D;
1977 }
1978 return 0;
1979}
1980
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001981static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001982 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001983 const Selector &Sel,
1984 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001985 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
1986 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00001987 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001988 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001989 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context, &Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001990 GDecl = PD;
1991 break;
1992 }
1993 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00001994 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00001995 GDecl = OMD;
1996 break;
1997 }
1998 }
1999 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002000 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002001 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2002 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002003 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002004 if (GDecl)
2005 return GDecl;
2006 }
2007 }
2008 return GDecl;
2009}
Chris Lattner2cb744b2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002010
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002011/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2012/// all base class implementations.
2013///
2014ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2015 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2016 const Selector &Sel) {
2017 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregorafd5eb32009-04-24 00:11:27 +00002018 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl
2019 = LookupObjCImplementation(IFace->getIdentifier()))
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002020 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002021
2022 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2023 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2024 return Method;
2025}
2026
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002027Action::OwningExprResult
2028Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2029 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002030 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002031 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002032 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002033 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff137e11d2007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002034
2035 // Perform default conversions.
2036 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002037
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002038 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2039 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002040
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002041 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2042 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002043 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002044 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002045 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2046 BaseExpr, true,
2047 OpLoc,
2048 DeclarationName(&Member),
2049 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002050 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002051 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor7f3fec52008-11-20 16:27:02 +00002052 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && BaseType->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002053 return Owned(BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(S, BaseExpr, OpLoc,
2054 MemberLoc, Member));
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002055 else
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002056 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2057 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2058 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlsson72d3c662009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002059 } else {
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002060 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2061 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2062 // (so we'll report an error for)
2063 // T* t;
2064 // t.f;
2065 //
2066 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2067 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2068 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
2069 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAsPointerType();
2070
2071 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2072 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor93b8b0f2009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002073 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2074 BaseExpr, false,
2075 OpLoc,
2076 DeclarationName(&Member),
2077 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4082ecd2009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002078 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002079 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002080
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002081 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2082 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Chris Lattnere35a1042007-07-31 19:29:30 +00002083 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAsRecordType()) {
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002084 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002085 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002086 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2087 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2088 return ExprError();
2089
Steve Naroff2cb66382007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002090 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002091 // FIXME: Qualified name lookup for C++ is a bit more complicated than this.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002092 LookupResult Result
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002093 = LookupQualifiedName(RDecl, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor52ae30c2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002094 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002095
Douglas Gregor29dfa2f2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002096 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002097 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2098 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002099 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002100 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2101 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2102 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002103 }
2104
2105 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002106
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002107 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2108 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2109 // error cases.
2110 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2111 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002112
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002113 // Check the use of this field
2114 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2115 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002116
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002117 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002118 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2119 // (C++ [class.union]).
2120 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd883f72009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002121 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002122 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor723d3332009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002123
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002124 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
2125 // FIXME: Handle address space modifiers
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002126 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002127 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAsReferenceType())
2128 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2129 else {
2130 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2131 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorddfd9d52008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002132 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002133 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2134 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
2135 }
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002136
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002137 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002138 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2139 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002140 }
2141
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002142 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2143 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002144 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002145 Var, MemberLoc,
2146 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002147 }
2148 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2149 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002150 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002151 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2152 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002153 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002154 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2155 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002156 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002157 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002158 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2159 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002160 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2161 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002162 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002163 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002164 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2165 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman76b49832008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002166
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002167 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2168 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2169 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002170 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2171 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2172 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002173 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002174
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002175 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2176 // (*Obj).ivar.
Chris Lattnerb2b9da72008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002177 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType()) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002178 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002179 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFTy->getDecl()->lookupInstanceVariable(Context,
2180 &Member,
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002181 ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattnerfd57ecc2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002182 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2183 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2184 // error cases.
2185 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2186 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002187
2188 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2189 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2190 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff8c56ee02009-03-26 16:01:08 +00002191 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2192 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002193 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2194 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2195 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002196 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2197 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2198 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002199 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2200 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2201 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2202 // AST for a function decl.
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00002203 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002204 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2205 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2206 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2207 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2208 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2209 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
Steve Narofff9606572009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002210 }
Chris Lattner84ad8332009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002211
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002212 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002213 if (ClassDeclared != IFTy->getDecl() ||
Fariborz Jahanian0cc2ac12009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002214 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
Fariborz Jahaniandd71e752009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002215 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2216 }
2217 // @protected
2218 else if (!IFTy->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2219 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
2220 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002221
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002222 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002223 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
Daniel Dunbarf5254bd2009-04-21 01:19:28 +00002224 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian09772392008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002225 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002226 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2227 << IFTy->getDecl()->getDeclName() << &Member
2228 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002229 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002230
Chris Lattnere9d71612008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002231 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2232 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
2233 const PointerType *PTy;
2234 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy;
2235 if (OpKind == tok::period && (PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType()) &&
2236 (IFTy = PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())) {
2237 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbardd851282008-08-30 05:35:15 +00002238
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002239 // Search for a declared property first.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002240 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2241 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002242 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2243 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2244 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002245 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2246 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2247 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Fariborz Jahanian80ccaa92009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002248 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2249 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahaniana996bb02009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002250 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002251 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2252 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002253
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002254 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Chris Lattnerd5f81792008-07-21 05:20:01 +00002255 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator I = IFTy->qual_begin(),
2256 E = IFTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002257 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(Context,
2258 &Member)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002259 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2260 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2261 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002262
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002263 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002264 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2265 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002266
2267 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2268 // selector is implemented.
2269
2270 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2271 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2272
2273 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002274 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002275
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002276 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2277 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002278 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002279
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002280 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2281 if (!Getter) {
2282 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Getter; i++) {
2283 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002284 Getter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, Sel);
Steve Naroff04151f32008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002285 }
2286 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002287 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002288 // Check if we can reference this property.
2289 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2290 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002291 }
2292 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2293 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2294 Selector SetterSel =
2295 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2296 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002297 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002298 if (!Setter) {
2299 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2300 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002301 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002302 }
2303 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2304 if (!Setter) {
2305 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2306 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002307 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getInstanceMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00002308 }
Daniel Dunbar60e8b162008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002309 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002310
Steve Naroffdede0c92009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002311 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2312 return ExprError();
2313
2314 if (Getter || Setter) {
2315 QualType PType;
2316
2317 if (Getter)
2318 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2319 else {
2320 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2321 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2322 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2323 }
2324 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2325 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2326 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2327 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002328 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2329 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian4af72492007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002330 }
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002331 // Handle properties on qualified "id" protocols.
Steve Naroffc75c1a82009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002332 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy;
Steve Naroffd1d44402008-10-20 22:53:06 +00002333 if (OpKind == tok::period && (QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2334 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002335 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002336 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002337 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002338 // Check the use of this declaration
2339 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2340 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002341
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002342 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner51f6fb32009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002343 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2344 }
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002345 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
Douglas Gregoraa57e862009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002346 // Check the use of this method.
2347 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2348 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002349
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002350 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
Fariborz Jahanian854f4002009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002351 OMD->getResultType(),
2352 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2353 NULL, 0));
Fariborz Jahanian94cc8232008-12-10 00:21:50 +00002354 }
2355 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002356
2357 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2358 << &Member << BaseType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002359 }
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002360 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
2361 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType == Context.getObjCClassType())) {
2362 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2363 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2364 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002365 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2366 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002367 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002368 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, Sel))) {
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002369 // Check the use of this method.
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002370 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002371 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002372 }
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002373 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2374 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2375 Selector SetterSel =
2376 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2377 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002378 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002379 if (!Setter) {
2380 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2381 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanian0119fd22009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002382 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002383 }
2384 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
2385 if (!Setter) {
2386 for (unsigned i = 0; i < ObjCCategoryImpls.size() && !Setter; i++) {
2387 if (ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassInterface() == IFace)
Douglas Gregorcd19b572009-04-23 01:02:12 +00002388 Setter = ObjCCategoryImpls[i]->getClassMethod(Context, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff6f9e59f2009-03-11 20:12:18 +00002389 }
2390 }
2391
2392 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2393 return ExprError();
2394
2395 if (Getter || Setter) {
2396 QualType PType;
2397
2398 if (Getter)
2399 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2400 else {
2401 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2402 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2403 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2404 }
2405 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2406 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2407 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2408 }
2409 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2410 << &Member << BaseType);
Steve Naroffe3aa06f2009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002411 }
2412 }
2413
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002414 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner09020ee2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002415 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002416 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2417 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002418 return ExprError();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002419 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002420 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnera57cf472008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002421 }
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002422
Douglas Gregor762da552009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002423 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2424 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2425
2426 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2427 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2428 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2429 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2430 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2431 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
2432 BaseType->getAsPointerType()->isFunctionType())) {
2433 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2434 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2435 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2436 }
2437
2438 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002439}
2440
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002441/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2442/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2443/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2444/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2445/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2446/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002447bool
2448Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002449 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002450 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002451 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2452 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002453 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002454 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2455 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2456 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002457 bool Invalid = false;
2458
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002459 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2460 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2461 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2462 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2463 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2464 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2465 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2466 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002467 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002468 }
2469
2470 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2471 // them.
2472 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2473 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2474 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2475 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2476 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2477 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2478 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2479 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek0c97e042009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002480 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002481 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002482 }
2483 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2484 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002485
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002486 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2487 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2488 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002489
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002490 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002491 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002492 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002493
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002494 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2495 ProtoArgType,
2496 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2497 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2498 return true;
2499
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002500 // Pass the argument.
2501 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2502 return true;
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002503 } else {
2504 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2505 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2506 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2507 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2508 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2509 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002510 } else {
2511 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2512
2513 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2514 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2515 // be properly destroyed.
2516 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2517 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2518 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2519 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2520 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2521 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2522 }
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002523 }
Anders Carlsson37bb2bd2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002524
Douglas Gregor62ae25a2008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002525 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002526 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlssona116e6e2009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002527 }
2528
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002529 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002530
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002531 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2532 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002533
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002534 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2535 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlsson4b8e38c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002536 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2537 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2538 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2539 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2540 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2541
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002542 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2543 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2544 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner81f00ed2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002545 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002546 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2547 }
2548 }
2549
Douglas Gregor4ac887b2009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002550 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002551}
2552
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002553/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002554/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2555/// locations.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002556Action::OwningExprResult
2557Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2558 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002559 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002560 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002561 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002562 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002563 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002564 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002565 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002566 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002567
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002568 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002569 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002570 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002571 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2572 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002573 bool Dependent = false;
2574 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2575 Dependent = true;
2576 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2577 Dependent = true;
2578
2579 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002580 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002581 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2582
2583 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2584 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2585 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2586 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2587
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002588 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002589 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens()))
2590 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
2591 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002592 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2593 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002594 }
2595
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002596 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00002597 DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = NULL;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002598 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2599 bool ADL = true;
2600 while (true) {
2601 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2602 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2603 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002604 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002605 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002606 ADL = false;
2607 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2608 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002609 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002610 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2611 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002612 } else if ((DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))) {
2613 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2614 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
2615 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002616 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002617 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2618 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2619 break;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002620 } else {
Chris Lattnere50fb0b2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002621 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2622 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2623 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002624 break;
2625 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002626 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002627
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002628 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
2629 if (DRExpr) {
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002630 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002631 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002632 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002633 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002634
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002635 if (Ovl || (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor411889e2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002636 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregorb5af7382009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002637 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002638 ADL = false;
2639
Douglas Gregorfcb19192009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002640 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2641 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2642 ADL = false;
2643
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002644 if (Ovl || ADL) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002645 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, DRExpr? DRExpr->getDecl() : 0,
2646 UnqualifiedName, LParenLoc, Args,
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002647 NumArgs, CommaLocs, RParenLoc, ADL);
2648 if (!FDecl)
2649 return ExprError();
2650
2651 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2652 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002653 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregor4646f9c2009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002654 = dyn_cast_or_null<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr))
Douglas Gregor1e589cc2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002655 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2656 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2657 false, false,
2658 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2659 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002660 else
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002661 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregoraa1da4a2009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002662 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2663 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2664 Fn = NewFn;
2665 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002666 }
Chris Lattner3e254fb2008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002667
2668 // Promote the function operand.
2669 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2670
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002671 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2672 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek362abcd2009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002673 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2674 Args, NumArgs,
2675 Context.BoolTy,
2676 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002677
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002678 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2679 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2680 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2681 // have type pointer to function".
2682 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAsPointerType();
2683 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002684 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2685 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002686 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2687 } else { // This is a block call.
2688 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType()->
2689 getAsFunctionType();
2690 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002691 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002692 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2693 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2694
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002695 // Check for a valid return type
2696 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2697 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2698 FuncT->getResultType(),
2699 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2700 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2701 return ExprError();
2702
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002703 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor2aecd1f2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002704 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002705
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002706 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002707 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002708 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002709 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002710 } else {
Douglas Gregor4fa58902009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002711 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002712
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002713 if (FDecl) {
2714 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2715 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2716 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Eli Friedmanf7ed7812009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002717 if (FDecl->getBody(Context, Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
2718 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2719 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2720 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2721 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2722 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2723 }
2724 }
Douglas Gregora8f2ae62009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002725 }
2726
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002727 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002728 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2729 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2730 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedman83dec9e2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002731 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2732 Arg->getType(),
2733 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2734 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2735 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002736 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffdb65e052007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002737 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002738 }
Chris Lattner83bd5eb2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002739
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002740 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2741 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002742 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2743 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor3257fb52008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002744
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002745 // Check for sentinels
2746 if (NDecl)
2747 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002748 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahanianc10357d2009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002749 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand0e9d092008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002750 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanianf83c85f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002751 if (NDecl)
2752 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner2e64c072007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002753
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002754 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002755}
2756
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002757Action::OwningExprResult
2758Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2759 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002760 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002761 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2762 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002763 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002764 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlsson9374b852007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002765
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002766 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnera1923f62008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002767 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002768 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2769 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregored71c542009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002770 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2771 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2772 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002773 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002774 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman8c2173d2008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002775
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002776 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor6214d8a2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002777 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002778 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002779
Chris Lattnere5cb5862008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002780 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffbe37fc02008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002781 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002782 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002783 return ExprError();
Steve Narofff0b23542008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002784 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002785 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002786 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002787 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002788}
2789
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002790Action::OwningExprResult
2791Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002792 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2793 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2794 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson762b7c72007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002795
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002796 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002797 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002798
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002799 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregorf603b472009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002800 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002801 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002802 return Owned(E);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002803}
2804
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002805/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Daniel Dunbar5ad49de2008-08-20 03:55:42 +00002806bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr) {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002807 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2808
2809 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2810 // type needs to be scalar.
2811 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2812 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002813 } else if (castType->isDependentType() || castExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2814 // We can't check any more until template instantiation time.
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002815 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002816 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2817 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
2818 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
2819 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002820 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002821 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
2822 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2823 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
2824 // GCC cast to union extension
2825 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAsRecordType()->getDecl();
2826 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Douglas Gregorc55b0b02009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002827 for (Field = RD->field_begin(Context), FieldEnd = RD->field_end(Context);
Seo Sanghyeon27b33952009-01-15 04:51:39 +00002828 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
2829 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
2830 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
2831 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
2832 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2833 break;
2834 }
2835 }
2836 if (Field == FieldEnd)
2837 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
2838 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2839 } else {
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002840 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002841 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002842 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002843 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002844 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002845 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002846 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2847 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002848 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002849 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
2850 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
2851 return true;
2852 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
2853 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
2854 return true;
Steve Naroffff6c8022009-03-04 15:11:40 +00002855 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroff49fd7ad2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00002856 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman970e56c2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00002857 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
2858 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
2859 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
2860 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2861 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
2862 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
2863 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
2864 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
2865 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
2866 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
2867 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002868 }
Fariborz Jahanian4862e872009-05-22 21:42:52 +00002869 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
2870 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002871 return false;
2872}
2873
Chris Lattnerd1f26b32007-12-20 00:44:32 +00002874bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002875 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002876
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002877 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner8cd0e932008-03-05 18:54:05 +00002878 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002879 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002880 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002881 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002882 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002883 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002884 } else
2885 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002886 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002887 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002888
Anders Carlssonf257b4c2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00002889 return false;
2890}
2891
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002892Action::OwningExprResult
2893Sema::ActOnCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2894 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
2895 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
2896 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002897
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002898 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002899 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
2900
Argiris Kirtzidis95de23a2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002901 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr))
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002902 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002903 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType, castExpr, castType,
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002904 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002905}
2906
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00002907/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
2908/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattner9c039b52009-02-18 04:38:20 +00002909/// C99 6.5.15
2910QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
2911 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002912 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
2913 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2914 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
2915
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002916 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
2917 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
2918 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
2919 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
2920 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
2921 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002922
2923 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redlbd261962009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002924 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
2925 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
2926 << CondTy;
2927 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002928 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002929
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002930 // Now check the two expressions.
Douglas Gregor1b21c7f2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002931
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002932 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
2933 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002934 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
2935 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
2936 return LHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002937 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002938
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002939 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
2940 // type.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002941 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAsRecordType()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
2942 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAsRecordType())
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00002943 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002944 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002945 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002946 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00002947 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002948 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002949
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00002950 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002951 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002952 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
2953 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
2954 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2955 << RHS->getSourceRange();
2956 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
2957 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
2958 << LHS->getSourceRange();
2959 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
2960 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedmanf025aac2008-06-04 19:47:51 +00002961 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroff95cb3892008-05-12 21:44:38 +00002962 }
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002963 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
2964 // the type of the other operand."
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002965 if ((LHSTy->isPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2966 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy)) &&
2967 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2968 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2969 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002970 }
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00002971 if ((RHSTy->isPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType() ||
2972 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) &&
2973 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
2974 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
2975 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroff12ebf272008-01-08 01:11:38 +00002976 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002977
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002978 const PointerType *LHSPT = LHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2979 const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSTy->getAsPointerType();
2980 const BlockPointerType *LHSBPT = LHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2981 const BlockPointerType *RHSBPT = RHSTy->getAsBlockPointerType();
2982
Chris Lattner0ac51632008-01-06 22:50:31 +00002983 // Handle the case where both operands are pointers before we handle null
2984 // pointer constants in case both operands are null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002985 if ((LHSPT || LHSBPT) && (RHSPT || RHSBPT)) { // C99 6.5.15p3,6
2986 // get the "pointed to" types
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00002987 QualType lhptee = (LHSPT ? LHSPT->getPointeeType()
2988 : LHSBPT->getPointeeType());
2989 QualType rhptee = (RHSPT ? RHSPT->getPointeeType()
2990 : RHSBPT->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00002991
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00002992 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
2993 if (lhptee->isVoidType()
2994 && (RHSBPT || rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
2995 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
2996 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
2997 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
2998 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
2999 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3000 return destType;
3001 }
3002 if (rhptee->isVoidType()
3003 && (LHSBPT || lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())) {
3004 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3005 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3006 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3007 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3008 return destType;
3009 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003010
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003011 bool sameKind = (LHSPT && RHSPT) || (LHSBPT && RHSBPT);
3012 if (sameKind
3013 && Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3014 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3015 return LHSTy;
3016 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003017
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003018 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003019
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003020 // If either type is an Objective-C object type then check
3021 // compatibility according to Objective-C.
3022 if (Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy) ||
3023 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) {
3024 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3025 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3026 // type. This allows
3027 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3028 // where B is a subclass of A.
3029 //
3030 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3031 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3032 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3033 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003034
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003035 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3036 // It could return the composite type.
3037 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = lhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3038 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = rhptee->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
3039 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3040 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) {
3041 compositeType = LHSTy;
3042 } else if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
3043 Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSIface, LHSIface)) {
3044 compositeType = RHSTy;
3045 } else if (Context.isObjCIdStructType(lhptee) ||
3046 Context.isObjCIdStructType(rhptee)) {
3047 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3048 } else if (LHSBPT || RHSBPT) {
3049 if (!sameKind
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003050 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3051 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType()))
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003052 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3053 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3054 return QualType();
3055 } else {
3056 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3057 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3058 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3059 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003060 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3061 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
Daniel Dunbarcd23bb22008-08-26 00:41:39 +00003062 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003063 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003064 } else if (!sameKind
3065 || !Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3066 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3067 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3068 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3069 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3070 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3071 // to get a consistent AST.
3072 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3073 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3074 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3075 return incompatTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003076 }
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003077 // The pointer types are compatible.
3078 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3079 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3080 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3081 // type.
3082 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3083 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3084 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3085 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3086 return compositeType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003087 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003088
Steve Naroff6ba22682009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003089 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3090 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3091 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3092 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3093 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3094 return RHSTy;
3095 }
3096 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3097 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3098 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3099 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3100 return LHSTy;
3101 }
3102
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003103 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly. Unlike "id", whose canonical type
3104 // evaluates to "struct objc_object *" (and is handled above when comparing
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003105 // id with statically typed objects).
3106 if (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003107 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3108 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3109 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003110 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true) ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003111 (LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003112 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSTy)) ||
3113 (RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() &&
3114 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy))) {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003115 // FIXME: This is not the correct composite type. This only happens to
3116 // work because id can more or less be used anywhere, however this may
3117 // change the type of method sends.
3118
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003119 // FIXME: gcc adds some type-checking of the arguments and emits
3120 // (confusing) incompatible comparison warnings in some
3121 // cases. Investigate.
3122 QualType compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003123 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3124 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
Daniel Dunbara7b5fb92008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003125 return compositeType;
3126 }
3127 }
3128
Chris Lattner992ae932008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003129 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnere2897262009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003130 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3131 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003132 return QualType();
3133}
3134
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003135/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003136/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003137Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3138 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3139 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3140 ExprArg RHS) {
3141 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3142 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattner98a425c2007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003143
3144 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3145 // was the condition.
3146 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3147 if (isLHSNull)
3148 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003149
3150 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003151 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
3152 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003153 return ExprError();
3154
3155 Cond.release();
3156 LHS.release();
3157 RHS.release();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003158 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003159 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3160 RHSExpr, result));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003161}
3162
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003163
3164// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003165// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003166// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3167// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3168// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003169Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003170Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3171 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003172
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003173 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Chris Lattner71225142007-07-31 21:27:01 +00003174 lhptee = lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3175 rhptee = rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003176
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003177 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003178 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3179 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003180
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003181 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003182
3183 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3184 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3185 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianb60352a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003186 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003187 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003188 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003189
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003190 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3191 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003192 // version of void...
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003193 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003194 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003195 return ConvTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003196
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003197 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003198 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3199 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003200 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003201
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003202 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003203 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003204 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003205
3206 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattner9db553e2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003207 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3208 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattner4ca3d772008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003209 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003210 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003211 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003212 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3213 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3214 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3215 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3216 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3217 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3218 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3219 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3220 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3221 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3222 }
3223 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3224 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3225 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3226 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3227 }
3228 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3229 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3230 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3231 // warning can be disabled.
3232 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3233 return ConvTy;
3234 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3235 }
3236 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3237 return IncompatiblePointer;
3238 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003239 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003240}
3241
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003242/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3243/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3244/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3245// types.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003246Sema::AssignConvertType
3247Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003248 QualType rhsType) {
3249 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003250
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003251 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
3252 lhptee = lhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003253 rhptee = rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3254
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003255 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3256 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3257 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003258
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003259 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003260
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003261 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3262 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3263 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003264
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003265 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003266 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003267 return ConvTy;
3268}
3269
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003270/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3271/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003272/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3273///
3274/// int a, *pint;
3275/// short *pshort;
3276/// struct foo *pfoo;
3277///
3278/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3279/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3280/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3281/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3282///
3283/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003284/// C99 spec dictates.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003285///
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003286Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003287Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003288 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3289 // them.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003290 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3291 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003292
3293 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerfdd96d72008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003294 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003295
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003296 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3297 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3298 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3299 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3300 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3301 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3302 // type.
3303 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAsReferenceType()) {
3304 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlssoncebb8d62007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003305 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003306 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003307 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003308
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003309 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
3310 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType, false))
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003311 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00003312 // Relax integer conversions like we do for pointers below.
3313 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3314 return IntToPointer;
3315 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3316 return PointerToInt;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00003317 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Fariborz Jahanian957442d2007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003318 }
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003319
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003320 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003321 // For ExtVector, allow vector splats; float -> <n x float>
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003322 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType())
3323 if (LV->getElementType() == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003324 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003325
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003326 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003327 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003328 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003329 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3330 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003331 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003332 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003333 }
3334 return Incompatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003335 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003336
Chris Lattnerdb22bf42008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003337 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003338 return Compatible;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003339
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003340 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003341 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003342 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003343
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003344 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003345 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003346
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003347 if (rhsType->getAsBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffd6163f32008-09-05 22:11:13 +00003348 if (lhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003349 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003350
3351 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3352 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3353 lhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3354 return Compatible;
3355 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003356 return Incompatible;
3357 }
3358
3359 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3360 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmanc5898302009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003361 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003362
Steve Naroffa982c712008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003363 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3364 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3365 rhsType == Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getObjCIdType()))
3366 return Compatible;
3367
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003368 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3369 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003370
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003371 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAsPointerType()) {
3372 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003373 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003374 }
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003375 return Incompatible;
3376 }
3377
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003378 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003379 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003380 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3381 return Compatible;
3382
3383 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003384 return PointerToInt;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003385
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003386 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003387 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003388
3389 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003390 rhsType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor7abc1432008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003391 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003392 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003393 }
Eli Friedman48d0bb02008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003394
Chris Lattner1853da22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003395 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner390564e2008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003396 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003397 return Compatible;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003398 }
3399 return Incompatible;
3400}
3401
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003402/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3403/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3404static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3405 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3406 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3407 // of the transparent union.
3408 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3409 &E, 1,
3410 SourceLocation());
3411 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3412 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3413
3414 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3415 // union type from this initializer list.
3416 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3417 false);
3418}
3419
3420Sema::AssignConvertType
3421Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3422 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3423
3424 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3425 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3426 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00003427 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>(Context))
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003428 return Incompatible;
3429
3430 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3431 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3432 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3433 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
3434 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(Context),
3435 itend = UD->field_end(Context);
3436 it != itend; ++it) {
3437 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3438 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3439 // 1) void pointer
3440 // 2) null pointer constant
3441 if (FromType->isPointerType())
3442 if (FromType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
3443 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3444 InitField = *it;
3445 break;
3446 }
3447
3448 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3449 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3450 InitField = *it;
3451 break;
3452 }
3453 }
3454
3455 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3456 == Compatible) {
3457 InitField = *it;
3458 break;
3459 }
3460 }
3461
3462 if (!InitField)
3463 return Incompatible;
3464
3465 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3466 return Compatible;
3467}
3468
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003469Sema::AssignConvertType
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003470Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003471 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3472 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3473 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3474 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3475 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor6fd35572008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003476 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3477 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003478 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner79e9a422009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003479 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor6573cfd2008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003480 }
3481
3482 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3483 // structures.
3484 }
3485
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003486 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3487 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Naroffd305a862009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003488 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
3489 lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003490 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahaniana13effb2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003491 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003492 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroffcdee22d2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003493 return Compatible;
3494 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003495
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003496 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003497 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff0acc9c92007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003498 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003499 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003500 //
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003501 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner5f505bf2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003502 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3503 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003504
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003505 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3506 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003507
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003508 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3509 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003510 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3511 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3512 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3513 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor144b06c2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003514 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor0d5d89d2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003515 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Naroff0f32f432007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003516 return result;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003517}
3518
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003519QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003520 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003521 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003522 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003523 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003524}
3525
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003526inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003527 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003528 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003529 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003530 QualType lhsType =
3531 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3532 QualType rhsType =
3533 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003534
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003535 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman03105572008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003536 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003537 return lhsType;
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003538
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003539 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3540 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003541 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3542 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3543 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003544 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3545 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003546 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003547 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003548 }
3549 }
3550 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003551
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003552 // If the lhs is an extended vector and the rhs is a scalar of the same type
3553 // or a literal, promote the rhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003554 if (const ExtVectorType *V = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003555 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003556
3557 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == rhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003558 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(rex)) ||
3559 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(rex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003560 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003561 return lhsType;
3562 }
3563 }
3564
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003565 // If the rhs is an extended vector and the lhs is a scalar of the same type,
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003566 // promote the lhs to the vector type.
Nate Begemanaf6ed502008-04-18 23:10:10 +00003567 if (const ExtVectorType *V = rhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003568 QualType eltType = V->getElementType();
3569
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003570 if ((eltType->getAsBuiltinType() == lhsType->getAsBuiltinType()) ||
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003571 (eltType->isIntegerType() && isa<IntegerLiteral>(lex)) ||
3572 (eltType->isFloatingType() && isa<FloatingLiteral>(lex))) {
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003573 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rhsType);
Nate Begemanec2d1062007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003574 return rhsType;
3575 }
3576 }
3577
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003578 // You cannot convert between vector values of different size.
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003580 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003581 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003582 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003583}
3584
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003585inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003586 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003587{
Daniel Dunbar2f08d812009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003588 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003589 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003590
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003591 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003592
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003593 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003594 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003595 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003596}
3597
3598inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003599 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003600{
Daniel Dunbarb27282f2009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003601 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3602 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3603 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3604 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3605 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003606
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003607 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003608
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003609 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003610 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003611 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003612}
3613
3614inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003615 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003616{
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003617 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3618 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3619 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3620 return compType;
3621 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003622
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003623 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003624
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003625 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003626 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3627 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3628 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003629 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003630 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003631
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003632 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3633 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
3634 if (IExp->getType()->isPointerType())
3635 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3636
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003637 if (const PointerType *PTy = PExp->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003638 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003639 QualType PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
3640 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3641 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003642 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3643 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattner8ba580c2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003644 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003645 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003646 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003647
3648 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3649 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3650 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003651 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003652 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3653 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
3654 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3655 return QualType();
3656 }
3657
3658 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3659 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3660 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
3661 } else if (!PTy->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003662 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003663 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003664 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
3665 PExp->getType()))
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003666 return QualType();
3667
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003668 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3669 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3670 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3671 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
3672 return QualType();
3673 }
3674
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003675 if (CompLHSTy) {
3676 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
3677 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
3678 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003679 else {
3680 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3681 if (!T.isNull())
3682 LHSTy = T;
3683 }
3684
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003685 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
3686 }
Eli Friedmand9b1fec2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003687 return PExp->getType();
3688 }
3689 }
3690
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003691 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003692}
3693
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003694// C99 6.5.6
3695QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003696 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
3697 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3698 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3699 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3700 return compType;
3701 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003702
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003703 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003704
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003705 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003706
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003707 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003708 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
3709 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003710 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003711 return compType;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003712 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003714 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
3715 if (const PointerType *LHSPTy = lex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff577f9722008-01-29 18:58:14 +00003716 QualType lpointee = LHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003717
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003718 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00003719
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003720 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
3721 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
3722 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
3723 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3724 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3725 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3726 return QualType();
3727 }
3728
3729 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
3730 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3731 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3732 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3733 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003734 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003735 return QualType();
3736 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003737
3738 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3739 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
3740 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
3741 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
3742 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3743 lex->getSourceRange(),
3744 SourceRange(),
3745 lex->getType()))
3746 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003747
Chris Lattner184f92d2009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003748 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3749 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3750 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
3751 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
3752 return QualType();
3753 }
3754
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003755 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003756 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
3757 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3758 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3759 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3760 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3761 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3762 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3763 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
3764
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003765 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003766 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003767 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003768
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003769 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
3770 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAsPointerType()) {
Eli Friedman50727042008-02-08 01:19:44 +00003771 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003772
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003773 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
3774 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
3775 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
3776 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3777 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
3778 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3779 return QualType();
3780 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003781
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003782 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
3783 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
3784 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3785 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003786 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003787 return QualType();
3788 }
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003789
3790 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
3791 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
3792 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
3793 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
3794 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
3795 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
3796 rex->getSourceRange(),
3797 SourceRange(),
3798 rex->getType()))
3799 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003800
Eli Friedman143ddc92009-05-16 13:54:38 +00003801 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3802 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
3803 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
3804 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3805 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3806 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3807 return QualType();
3808 }
3809 } else {
3810 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
3811 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
3812 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
3813 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
3814 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
3815 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
3816 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3817 return QualType();
3818 }
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003819 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003820
Douglas Gregor05e28f62009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003821 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
3822 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
3823 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3824 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
3825 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
3826 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
3827 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003828
3829 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattnerf6da2912007-12-09 21:53:25 +00003830 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
3831 }
3832 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003833
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003834 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003835}
3836
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003837// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003838QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnerfe1f4032008-04-07 05:30:13 +00003839 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003840 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
3841 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003842 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003843
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003844 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
3845 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003846 QualType LHSTy;
3847 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
3848 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00003849 else {
3850 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
3851 if (LHSTy.isNull())
3852 LHSTy = lex->getType();
3853 }
Chris Lattnerbb19bc42007-12-13 07:28:16 +00003854 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003855 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
3856
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003857 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003858
Chris Lattner2c8bff72007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003859 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003860 return LHSTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003861}
3862
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003863// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003864QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003865 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
3866 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
3867
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003868 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003869 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003870
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003871 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroffecc4fa12007-08-10 18:26:40 +00003872 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3873 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
3874 else {
3875 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
3876 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
3877 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00003878 QualType lType = lex->getType();
3879 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003880
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00003881 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
3882 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003883 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
3884 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
3885 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek264b5cb2009-03-20 19:57:37 +00003886 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
3887 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003888 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
3889 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
3890 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
3891 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekf042dc62009-03-20 18:35:45 +00003892 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
3893 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003894 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003895
3896 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
3897 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3898 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
3899 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
3900
3901 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
3902 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003903 Expr *literalString = 0;
3904 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003905 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003906 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3907 literalString = lex;
3908 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
3909 }
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003910 else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
3911 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003912 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3913 literalString = rex;
3914 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
3915 }
3916
3917 if (literalString) {
3918 std::string resultComparison;
3919 switch (Opc) {
3920 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
3921 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
3922 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
3923 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
3924 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
3925 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
3926 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
3927 }
3928 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
3929 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
3930 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregor3faaa812009-04-01 23:51:29 +00003931 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
3932 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
3933 "strcmp(")
3934 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
3935 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00003936 resultComparison);
3937 }
Ted Kremenekcf8b77d2007-10-29 16:58:49 +00003938 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003940 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003941 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003942
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003943 if (isRelational) {
3944 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003945 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003946 } else {
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003947 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek486509e2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00003948 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner4e479f92009-03-08 19:39:53 +00003949 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003950 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek75439142007-10-29 16:40:01 +00003951 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003952
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003953 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00003954 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003955 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003956
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00003957 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
3958 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003959
Chris Lattner254f3bc2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00003960 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
3961 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
3962 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroffc33c0602007-08-27 04:08:11 +00003963 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003964 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003965 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003966 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Chris Lattnerd5a56aa2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003967 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAsPointerType()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003968
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003969 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
3970 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
3971 return ResultTy;
3972
3973 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3974 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
3975 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
3976 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
3977 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
3978 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
3979 //
3980 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
3981 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorcf651d22009-05-05 04:50:50 +00003982 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor30eed0f2009-05-04 06:07:12 +00003983 if (T.isNull()) {
3984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
3985 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
3986 return QualType();
3987 }
3988
3989 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
3990 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
3991 return ResultTy;
3992 }
3993
Steve Naroff3b435622007-11-13 14:57:38 +00003994 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattner56a5cd62008-04-03 05:07:25 +00003995 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
3996 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Eli Friedman0d9549b2008-08-22 00:56:42 +00003997 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType()) &&
Steve Naroff17c03822009-02-12 17:52:19 +00003998 !Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003999 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004000 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004001 }
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004002 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004003 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004004 }
Sebastian Redl5d0ead72009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004005 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4006 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4007 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4008 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4009 return ResultTy;
4010 }
4011 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4012 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4013 return ResultTy;
4014 }
4015 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4016 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4017 return ResultTy;
4018 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004019 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004020 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004021 QualType lpointee = lType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
4022 QualType rpointee = rType->getAsBlockPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004023
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004024 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedmanb6eed6e2009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004025 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004027 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004028 }
4029 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004030 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004031 }
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004032 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004033 if (!isRelational
4034 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4035 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004036 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Mike Stumpe97a8542009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004037 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAsPointerType()
4038 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
4039 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAsPointerType()
4040 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4041 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4042 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004043 }
4044 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004045 return ResultTy;
Steve Narofff85d66c2008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004046 }
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004047
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004048 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004049 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004050 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAsPointerType();
4051 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAsPointerType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004052 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004053 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004054 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004055 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004056
Steve Naroff030fcda2008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004057 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4058 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004059 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004060 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004061 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004062 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3d081ae2008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004063 }
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004064 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004065 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff3b2ceea2008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004066 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004067 if (ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lType, rType, true)) {
4068 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004069 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004070 } else {
4071 if ((lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004072 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id_operands)
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00004073 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Daniel Dunbar11c5f822008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004074 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004075 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00004076 }
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004077 }
Fariborz Jahanian5319d9c2007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004078 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004079 if ((lType->isPointerType() || lType->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004080 rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004081 if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004082 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004083 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004084 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004085 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4462cb02007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004086 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004087 if (lType->isIntegerType() &&
Steve Naroff936c4362008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004088 (rType->isPointerType() || rType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
Chris Lattner22be8422007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004089 if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattner70b93d82008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004090 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004091 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere992d6c2008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004092 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004093 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004094 }
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004095 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004096 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4097 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004098 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004099 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004100 }
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004101 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4102 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004103 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor849ea9c2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004104 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff4fea7b62008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004105 }
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004106 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004107}
4108
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004109/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004110/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004111/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4112/// types.
4113QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004114 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004115 bool isRelational) {
4116 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4117 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004118 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004119 if (vType.isNull())
4120 return vType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004121
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004122 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4123 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004124
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004125 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4126 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4127 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4128 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4129 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4130 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4131 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004132 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004133 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004134
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004135 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4136 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4137 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004138 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004139 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004140
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004141 // FIXME: Vector compare support in the LLVM backend is not fully reliable,
4142 // just reject all vector comparisons for now.
4143 if (1) {
4144 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_comparison)
4145 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4146 return QualType();
4147 }
4148
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004149 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4150 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4151 // elements for floating point vectors.
4152 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4153 return lType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004154
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004155 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004156 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004157 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004158 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattner10687e32009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004159 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004160 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4161
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004162 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begemand6d2f772009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004163 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanc5f0f652008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004164 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4165}
4166
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004167inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004168 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004169{
4170 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004171 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004172
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004173 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004174
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004175 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff8f708362007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004176 return compType;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004177 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004178}
4179
4180inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004181 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004182{
4183 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4184 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004185
Eli Friedmanbea3f842008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004186 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004187 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004188 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004189}
4190
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004191/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4192/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4193/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4194///
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004195static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004196{
4197 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4198 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4199 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4200 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
4201 if (const PointerType *PTy = BaseType->getAsPointerType())
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004202 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *IFTy =
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004203 PTy->getPointeeType()->getAsObjCInterfaceType())
4204 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFTy->getDecl())
4205 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4206 return true;
4207 }
4208 }
4209 return false;
4210}
4211
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004212/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4213/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4214static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004215 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4216 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4217 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahanianf96ee9e2009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004218 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4219 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004220 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4221 return false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004222
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004223 unsigned Diag = 0;
4224 bool NeedType = false;
4225 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4226 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4227 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004228 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004229 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4230 NeedType = true;
4231 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004232 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004233 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4234 NeedType = true;
4235 break;
Chris Lattner37fb9402008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004236 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004237 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4238 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004239 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004240 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4241 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004242 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4243 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregorc84d8932009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004244 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004245 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4246 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004247 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004248 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4249 break;
Steve Naroff076d6cb2008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004250 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004251 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4252 break;
Fariborz Jahanianf18d4c82008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004253 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4254 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4255 break;
Fariborz Jahanianc05da422008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004256 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4257 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4258 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004259 }
Steve Naroff7cbb1462007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004260
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004261 SourceRange Assign;
4262 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4263 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004264 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004265 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004266 else
Daniel Dunbarf7fa9dc2009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004267 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004268 return true;
4269}
4270
4271
4272
4273// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004274QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4275 SourceLocation Loc,
4276 QualType CompoundType) {
4277 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4278 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattner4c2642c2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004279 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004280
4281 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4282 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004283
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004284 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004285 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004286 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004287 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanian82f54962009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004288 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4289 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4290 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
4291 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(RHSType)) ||
4292 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
4293 Context.isObjCObjectPointerType(LHSType))))
4294 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004295
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004296 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4297 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4298 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004299 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004300 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4301 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4302 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4303 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4304 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004305 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004306 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004307 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4308 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4309 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattnerf1e5d4a2009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004310 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4311 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004312 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4313 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4314 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner55a17242009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004315 }
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004316 }
4317 } else {
4318 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedmanb653af42009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004319 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner34c85082008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004320 }
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004321
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004322 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4323 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004324 return QualType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004325
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004326 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4327 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004328 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004329 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4330 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004331 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor6fcf2ca2009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004332 // operand.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004333 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004334}
4335
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004336// C99 6.5.17
4337QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner03c430f2008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004338 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004339 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004340
4341 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4342 // incomplete in C++).
4343
Chris Lattner1eafdea2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004344 return RHS->getType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004345}
4346
4347/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4348/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004349QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4350 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004351 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4352 return Context.DependentTy;
4353
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004354 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4355 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004356
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004357 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4358 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4359 if (!isInc) {
4360 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4361 return QualType();
4362 }
4363 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4364 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4365 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004366 // OK!
4367 } else if (const PointerType *PT = ResType->getAsPointerType()) {
4368 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004369 if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004370 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4371 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4372 << Op->getSourceRange();
4373 return QualType();
4374 }
4375
4376 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004377 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004378 } else if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorb3193242009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004379 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4380 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4381 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4382 return QualType();
4383 }
4384
4385 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004386 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorcde3a2d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004387 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PT->getPointeeType(),
4388 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4389 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4390 ResType))
Douglas Gregor46fe06e2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004391 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004392 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4393 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4394 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004395 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004396 } else {
4397 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004398 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004399 return QualType();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004400 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004401 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroff6acc0f42007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004402 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004403 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004404 return QualType();
Chris Lattnere65182c2008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004405 return ResType;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004406}
4407
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004408/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004409/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004410/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4411/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4412/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4413/// - &(x) => x
4414/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4415/// - &s.xx => s
4416/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4417/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4418/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4419/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004420static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004421 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004422 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor566782a2009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004423 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004424 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004425 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004426 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4427 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4428 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004429 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004430 return 0;
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004431 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004432 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004433 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004434 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4435 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004436 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4437 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4438 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4439 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4440 }
4441 return 0;
Anders Carlsson4b3db2b2008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004442 }
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004443 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4444 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004445
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004446 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbarb45f75c2008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004447 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4448 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4449 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4450 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4451 default:
4452 return 0;
4453 }
4454 }
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004455 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004456 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004457 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004458 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4459 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattner48d7f382008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004460 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004461 default:
4462 return 0;
4463 }
4464}
4465
4466/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004467/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004468/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004469/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004470/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004471/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004472/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004473QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004474 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4475 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4476
Douglas Gregore6be68a2008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004477 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4478 return Context.DependentTy;
4479
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004480 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4481 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4482 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4483 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4484 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4485 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4486 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4487 }
4488 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4489 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4490 }
Douglas Gregord2baafd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004491 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner25168a52008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004492 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes1a68ecf2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004493
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004494 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4495 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004496 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004497 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnera3249072007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004498 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004499 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4500 << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004501 return QualType();
4502 }
Douglas Gregor531434b2009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004503 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004504 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4505 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4506 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor82d44772008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004507 return QualType();
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004508 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4509 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman93ecce22009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004510 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004511 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemana9187ab2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004512 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff73cf87e2008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004513 return QualType();
4514 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004515 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004516 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4517 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4518 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004519 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4520 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004521 return QualType();
4522 }
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004523 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor45014fd2008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004524 return Context.OverloadTy;
Douglas Gregor5b82d612008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004525 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
4526 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redl0c9da212009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004527 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4528 // scope qualifier for the class.
4529 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4530 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
4531 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord())
4532 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4533 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
4534 }
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004535 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopesdf239522008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004536 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004537 // As above.
Anders Carlssone9cc4c42009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004538 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4539 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4540 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4541 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004542 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004543 }
Sebastian Redl7434fc32009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004544
Eli Friedman14ab4c42009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004545 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4546 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4547 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4548 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4549 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4550 }
4551
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004552 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4553 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4554}
4555
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004556QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004557 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4558 return Context.DependentTy;
4559
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004560 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4561 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004562
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004563 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4564 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4565 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4566 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
4567 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAsPointerType())
Steve Naroff9c6c3592008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004568 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004569
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004570 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattnerda5c0872008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004571 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004572 return QualType();
4573}
4574
4575static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4576 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4577 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4578 switch (Kind) {
4579 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004580 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4581 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004582 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4583 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4584 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4585 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4586 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4587 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4588 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4589 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4590 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4591 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4592 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4593 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4594 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4595 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4596 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4597 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4598 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4599 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4600 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
4601 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
4602 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
4603 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
4604 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
4605 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
4606 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
4607 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
4608 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
4609 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
4610 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
4611 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
4612 }
4613 return Opc;
4614}
4615
4616static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
4617 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4618 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4619 switch (Kind) {
4620 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
4621 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
4622 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
4623 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
4624 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
4625 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
4626 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
4627 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
4628 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004629 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
4630 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
4631 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
4632 }
4633 return Opc;
4634}
4635
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004636/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
4637/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
4638/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004639Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4640 unsigned Op,
4641 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004642 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004643 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004644 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
4645 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
4646 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004647
4648 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004649 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
4650 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
4651 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004652 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
4653 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
4654 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
4655 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
4656 break;
4657 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004658 case BinaryOperator::Div:
4659 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4660 break;
4661 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
4662 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4663 break;
4664 case BinaryOperator::Add:
4665 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4666 break;
4667 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
4668 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4669 break;
Sebastian Redl95216a62009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004670 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004671 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
4672 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4673 break;
4674 case BinaryOperator::LE:
4675 case BinaryOperator::LT:
4676 case BinaryOperator::GE:
4677 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004678 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004679 break;
4680 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
4681 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregor1f12c352009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004682 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004683 break;
4684 case BinaryOperator::And:
4685 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
4686 case BinaryOperator::Or:
4687 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4688 break;
4689 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
4690 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
4691 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4692 break;
4693 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
4694 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004695 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4696 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4697 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4698 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004699 break;
4700 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004701 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4702 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4703 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4704 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004705 break;
4706 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004707 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4708 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4709 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004710 break;
4711 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004712 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
4713 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4714 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004715 break;
4716 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
4717 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004718 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4719 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4720 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4721 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004722 break;
4723 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
4724 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
4725 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004726 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
4727 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
4728 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
4729 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004730 break;
4731 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
4732 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
4733 break;
4734 }
4735 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004736 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004737 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004738 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
4739 else
4740 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedman3cd92882009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004741 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
4742 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004743}
4744
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004745// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004746Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
4747 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4748 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004749 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00004750 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004751
Steve Naroff87d58b42007-09-16 03:34:24 +00004752 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
4753 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004754
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004755 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
4756 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
4757 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
4758 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4759 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4760 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4761 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fc092f2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004762 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004763 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4764 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4765 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
4766 Functions);
4767 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
4768 DeclarationName OpName
4769 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4770 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor70d26122008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004771 }
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004772
Douglas Gregor00fe3f62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004773 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
4774 // binary operation.
4775 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redl5457c5e2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00004776 }
4777
Douglas Gregord7f915e2008-11-06 23:29:22 +00004778 // Build a built-in binary operation.
4779 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004780}
4781
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004782Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4783 unsigned OpcIn,
4784 ExprArg InputArg) {
4785 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004786
Mike Stumpe127ae32009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004787 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004788 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004789 QualType resultType;
4790 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004791 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
4792 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
4793 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
4794 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
4795 break;
4796
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004797 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
4798 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Sebastian Redl0440c8c2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004799 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
4800 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004801 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004802 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004803 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4804 break;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004805 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroffccc26a72007-12-18 04:06:57 +00004806 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004807 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
4808 break;
4809 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
4810 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
4811 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4812 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004813 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4814 break;
Douglas Gregor4f6904d2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00004815 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
4816 break;
4817 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
4818 resultType->isEnumeralType())
4819 break;
4820 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
4821 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
4822 resultType->isPointerType())
4823 break;
4824
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004825 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4826 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004827 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
4828 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
4829 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004830 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4831 break;
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004832 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
4833 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
4834 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattner77d52da2008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004835 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattner4bfd2232008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004836 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerbd695022008-07-25 23:52:49 +00004837 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004838 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4839 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004840 break;
4841 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
4842 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
4843 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
4844 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004845 if (resultType->isDependentType())
4846 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004847 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004848 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
4849 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004850 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004851 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
4852 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004853 break;
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004854 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004855 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattner57e5f7e2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00004856 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattner03931a72007-08-24 21:16:53 +00004857 break;
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004858 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004859 resultType = Input->getType();
4860 break;
4861 }
4862 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl8b769972009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004863 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004864
4865 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004866 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004867}
4868
Douglas Gregorc78182d2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004869// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
4870Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4871 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
4872 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
4873 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
4874
4875 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
4876 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
4877 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
4878 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
4879 // the arguments.
4880 FunctionSet Functions;
4881 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4882 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
4883 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
4884 Functions);
4885 DeclarationName OpName
4886 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
4887 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
4888 }
4889
4890 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
4891 }
4892
4893 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
4894}
4895
Steve Naroff5cbb02f2007-09-16 14:56:35 +00004896/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004897Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4898 SourceLocation LabLoc,
4899 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004900 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattner2616d8c2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00004901 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902
Daniel Dunbar879788d2008-08-04 16:51:22 +00004903 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
4904 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffb88d81c2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00004905 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff774e4152009-01-21 00:14:39 +00004906 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004907
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004908 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004909 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
4910 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004911}
4912
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004913Sema::OwningExprResult
4914Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
4915 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
4916 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004917 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
4918 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
4919
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004920 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattneraa257592009-04-25 19:11:05 +00004921 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004922 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmanbc941e12009-01-24 23:09:00 +00004923
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004924 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
4925 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
4926 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004927
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004928 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
4929 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
4930 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004931
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004932 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
4933 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
4934 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
4935 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
4936 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004937
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004938 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004939 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner200964f2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00004940 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004941
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004942 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
4943 // expressions are not lvalues.
4944
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004945 substmt.release();
4946 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattner4b009652007-07-25 00:24:17 +00004947}
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00004948
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004949Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4950 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4951 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4952 TypeTy *argty,
4953 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
4954 unsigned NumComponents,
4955 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
4956 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
4957 // error.
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004958 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
4959 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004960
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004961 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
4962
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004963 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
4964 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
4965 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004966 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004967 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004968
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004969 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
4970 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor6e7c27c2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00004971
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004972 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
4973 // the offsetof designators.
4974 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
4975 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004976 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004977 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedmanc67f86a2009-01-26 01:33:06 +00004978
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004979 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
4980 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00004981 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
4982 // a system header!
Chris Lattnerb37522e2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00004983 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattner9d2cf082008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004984 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
4985 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004986
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004987 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc24ae002009-05-03 21:22:18 +00004988 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00004989
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004990 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
4991 // leaks like a sieve.
4992 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
4993 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
4994 if (OC.isBrackets) {
4995 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
4996 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
4997 if (!AT) {
4998 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00004999 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5000 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005001 }
5002
5003 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5004
Eli Friedman342d9432009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005005 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5006 // expression.
5007 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5008
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005009 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5010 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005011 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005012 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005013 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner7264d212009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005014 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005015 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005016
5017 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5018 OC.LocEnd);
5019 continue;
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005020 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005021
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005022 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAsRecordType();
5023 if (!RC) {
5024 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005025 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5026 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005027 }
Chris Lattner2af6a802007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005028
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005029 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5030 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005031 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005032 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonbbceaea2009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005033 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5034 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5035 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson68c926c2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005036 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5037 }
Anders Carlsson356946e2009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005038 }
5039
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005040 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5041 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5042 LookupMemberName)
5043 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005044 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005045 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005046 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5047 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005048
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005049 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5050 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005051 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonc154a722009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005052 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5053 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedman35719da2009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005054 } else {
5055 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5056 // doesn't matter here.
5057 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5058 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5059 }
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005060 }
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005061 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005062
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005063 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5064 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner0d9bcea2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005065}
5066
5067
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005068Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5069 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5070 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005071 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5072 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005073
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005074 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005075
Douglas Gregore6211502009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005076 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5077 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5078 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5079 return ExprError();
5080 }
5081
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005082 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5083 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff63bad2d2007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005084}
5085
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005086Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5087 ExprArg cond,
5088 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5089 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5090 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5091 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5092 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005093
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005094 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5095
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005096 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregordd4ae3f2009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005097 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005098 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5099 } else {
5100 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5101 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5102 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5103 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005104 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5105 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5106 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005107
Sebastian Redl6fdb28d2009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005108 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5109 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5110 }
5111
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005112 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5113 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5114 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroff93c53012007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005115}
5116
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005117//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5118// Clang Extensions.
5119//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5120
5121/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005122void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005123 // Analyze block parameters.
5124 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005125
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005126 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5127 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5128 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005129
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005130 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005131 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpae93d652009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005132 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005133 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5134 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005135
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005136 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor8acb7272008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005137 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005138}
5139
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005140void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpea3d74e2009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005141 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005142
5143 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5144 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005145 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005146 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5147
Mike Stump458287d2009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005148 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5149 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5150 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5151 return;
5152 }
5153
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005154 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5155 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5156 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5157
5158 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5159 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005160 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005161 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005162 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005163 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005164 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5165 }
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005166 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5167
5168 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5169 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5170 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5171 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5172 return;
5173 }
Mike Stumpc1fddff2009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005174 return;
5175 }
5176
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005177 // Analyze arguments to block.
5178 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5179 "Not a function declarator!");
5180 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005181
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005182 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5183 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005184
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005185 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5186 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5187 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5188 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005189 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5190 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005191 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005192 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005193 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5194 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattner5261d0c2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005195 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005196 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005197 }
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005198 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005199 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahanian536f73d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005200 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor2a2e0402009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005201 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005202 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5203 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5204 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5205 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5206 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005207
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005208 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor98da6ae2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005209 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
5210 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>(Context)) {
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005211 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian6dac16d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005212 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian157c4262009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005213 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5214 }
5215
Chris Lattnerc65b8bb2009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005216 // Analyze the return type.
5217 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5218 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5219
5220 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5221 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5222 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5223 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5224 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005225 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005226}
5227
5228/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5229/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5230void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5231 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5232 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005233
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005234 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5235
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005236 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattnereb4d4a52009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005237 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005238 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005239 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005240}
5241
5242/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5243/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005244Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5245 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattnerc14c7f02009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005246 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5247 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5248 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5249
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005250 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5251 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005252
Steve Naroff52059382008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005253 PopDeclContext();
5254
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005255 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5256 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005257
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005258 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian89942a02009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005259 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5260 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005261
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005262 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5263 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5264 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005265
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005266 QualType BlockTy;
5267 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Eli Friedman45b1e222009-06-08 04:24:21 +00005268 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0);
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005269 else
Jay Foad9e6bef42009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005270 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Argiris Kirtzidis65b99642008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005271 BSI->isVariadic, 0);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005272
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005273 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005274 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005275 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005276
Chris Lattnere7765e12009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005277 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5278 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5279 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5280 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5281
Anders Carlsson39ecdcf2009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005282 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005283 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5284 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff52a81c02008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005285}
5286
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005287Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5288 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5289 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005290 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005291 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5292 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5293
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005294 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005295
5296 // Get the va_list type
5297 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005298 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5299 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5300 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5301 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005302 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005303 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5304 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5305 } else {
5306 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5307 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005308 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5309 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman6f6e8922009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005310 return ExprError();
5311 }
Eli Friedmandd2b9af2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005312
Douglas Gregor25990972009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005313 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5314 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005315 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5316 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattnerda139482009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005317 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner89a72c52009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005318 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005319
Eli Friedman2b128322009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005320 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005321 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005322
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005323 expr.release();
5324 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5325 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson36760332007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005326}
5327
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005328Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005329 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5330 // pointers on the target.
5331 QualType Ty;
5332 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5333 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5334 else
5335 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5336
Sebastian Redl76bb8ec2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005337 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregorad4b3792008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005338}
5339
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005340bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5341 SourceLocation Loc,
5342 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5343 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5344 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5345 bool isInvalid = false;
5346 unsigned DiagKind;
5347 switch (ConvTy) {
5348 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5349 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005350 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005351 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5352 break;
Chris Lattnerd951b7b2008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005353 case IntToPointer:
5354 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5355 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005356 case IncompatiblePointer:
5357 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5358 break;
Eli Friedman6ca28cb2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005359 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5360 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5361 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005362 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5363 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5364 break;
5365 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor1815b3b2008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005366 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5367 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5368 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5369 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5370 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5371 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5372 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5373 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5374 // C++ semantics.
5375 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5376 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5377 return false;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005378 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5379 break;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005380 case IntToBlockPointer:
5381 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5382 break;
5383 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stumpd331e752009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005384 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff3454b6c2008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005385 break;
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005386 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005387 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff19608432008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005388 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5389 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5390 break;
Anders Carlsson355ed052009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005391 case IncompatibleVectors:
5392 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5393 break;
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005394 case Incompatible:
5395 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5396 isInvalid = true;
5397 break;
5398 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005399
Chris Lattner271d4c22008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005400 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5401 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner005ed752008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005402 return isInvalid;
5403}
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005404
Chris Lattnereec8ae22009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005405bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005406 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5407 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5408 if (Result)
5409 *Result = ICEResult;
5410 return false;
5411 }
5412
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005413 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5414
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005415 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005416 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5417 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5418
5419 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5420 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5421 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5422 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5423 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5424 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5425 }
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005426
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005427 return true;
5428 }
5429
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005430 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5431 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005432
Eli Friedmance329412009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005433 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5434 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5435 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stump9afab102009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005436
Anders Carlssond5201b92008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005437 if (Result)
5438 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5439 return false;
5440}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005441
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005442Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5443Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5444 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5445 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5446 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5447
5448 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5449 return NewContext;
5450}
5451
5452void
5453Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5454 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5455 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5456
5457 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5458 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5459 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5460 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5461 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5462 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5463 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5464
5465 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5466 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5467 I != IEnd; ++I)
5468 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5469 }
5470}
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005471
5472/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5473///
5474/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5475/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5476/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5477/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5478///
5479/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5480///
5481/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5482void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5483 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5484
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005485 if (D->isUsed())
5486 return;
5487
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005488 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5489 // template or not.
5490 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5491 D->setUsed(true);
5492
5493 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5494 // an instantiation.
5495 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5496 return;
5497
Douglas Gregora8b2fbf2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005498 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5499 case Unevaluated:
5500 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5501 return;
5502
5503 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5504 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5505 // "used"; handle this below.
5506 break;
5507
5508 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5509 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5510 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5511 // potentially evaluated.
5512 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5513 return;
5514 }
5515
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005516 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005517 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f5a0a32009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005518 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5519 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5520 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
5521 }
5522 // FIXME: more checking for other implicits go here.
5523 else
5524 Constructor->setUsed(true);
Fariborz Jahanian8915a3d2009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005525 }
5526
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005527 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005528 // Implicit instantiation of function templates
5529 if (!Function->getBody(Context)) {
5530 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction())
5531 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
5532
5533 // FIXME: check for function template specializations.
5534 }
5535
5536
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005537 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005538 Function->setUsed(true);
5539 return;
Douglas Gregorcad27f62009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005540 }
Douglas Gregor98189262009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005541
5542 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5543 (void)Var;
5544 // FIXME: implicit template instantiation
5545 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
5546 D->setUsed(true);
5547 }
5548}
5549